blob: 92cd94293d69406b2f77ade8ced14d1333d5e824 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreaub03d2982009-07-29 22:38:32 +02007 2009/07/27
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
344preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100351Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200388
389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200402
403 * Debugging
404 - debug
405 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200406
407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004083.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200409------------------------------------
410
411chroot <jail dir>
412 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
413 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
414 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
415 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
416 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
417 empty and unwritable to anyone.
418
419daemon
420 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
421 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
422 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
423
424gid <number>
425 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
426 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
427 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
428 See also "group" and "uid".
429
430group <group name>
431 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
432 See also "gid" and "user".
433
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200434log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
436 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100437 configured with "log global".
438
439 <address> can be one of:
440
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100441 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100442 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
443 port).
444
445 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
446 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
447 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
448 writeable).
449
450 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200451
452 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
453 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
454 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
455
456 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200457 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
458 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
459 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
460 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
461 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
462 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200463
464 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
465
466nbproc <number>
467 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
468 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
469 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
470 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
471 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
472
473pidfile <pidfile>
474 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
475 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
476 starting the process. See also "daemon".
477
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
479 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
480 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
481 will get a CSV-formated output of the process statistics in response to the
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100482 "show stat" command followed by a line feed, more general process information
483 in response to the "show info" command followed by a line feed, and a
484 complete list of all existing sessions in response to the "show sess" command
485 followed by a line feed.
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100486
487 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
488 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
489 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
490 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
491 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
492 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
493 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200494
495stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
496 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
497 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100498 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200499
500stats maxconn <connections>
501 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
502 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
503
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200504uid <number>
505 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
506 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
507 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
508 one. See also "gid" and "user".
509
510ulimit-n <number>
511 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
512 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
513 option.
514
515user <user name>
516 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
517 See also "uid" and "group".
518
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200519node <name>
520 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
521
522 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
523 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
524 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
525 traffic.
526
527description <text>
528 Add a text that describes the instance.
529
530 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
531 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
532 "<" and ">" characters.
533
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200534
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005353.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200536-----------------------
537
538maxconn <number>
539 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
540 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
541 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
542 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
543
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100544maxpipes <number>
545 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
546 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
547 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
548 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
549 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
550 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
551
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200552noepoll
553 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
554 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
555 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
556
557nokqueue
558 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
559 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
560 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
561
562nopoll
563 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
564 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100565 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200566 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
567 "nokqueue".
568
569nosepoll
570 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
571 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
572 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
573
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100574nosplice
575 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
576 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
577 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
578 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
579 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
580 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
581 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
582 "option splice-response".
583
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200584spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
585 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
586 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
587 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
588 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
589 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
590
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200591tune.bufsize <number>
592 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
593 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
594 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
595 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
596 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
597 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
598 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
599 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
600
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100601tune.maxaccept <number>
602 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
603 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
604 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100605 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100606 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
607 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100608 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100609 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
610
611tune.maxpollevents <number>
612 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
613 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
614 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
615 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
616 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
617
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200618tune.maxrewrite <number>
619 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
620 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
621 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
622 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
623 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
624 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
625 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
626 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
627 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
628 bufsize.
629
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200630
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006313.3. Debugging
632--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200633
634debug
635 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
636 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
637 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
638 system startup.
639
640quiet
641 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
642 line argument "-q".
643
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200644
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006454. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200646----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100647
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200648Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
649 - defaults <name>
650 - frontend <name>
651 - backend <name>
652 - listen <name>
653
654A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
655its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
656section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100657section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200658
659A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
660connections.
661
662A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
663to forward incoming connections.
664
665A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
666parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
667
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100668All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
669'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
670case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
671
672Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
673logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
674proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
675However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
676name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
677
678Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
679and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
680bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
681protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
682modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
683arbitrary criteria.
684
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100685
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006864.1. Proxy keywords matrix
687--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100688
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200689The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
690limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
691they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
692limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200693listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200694option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200695and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
696with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
697specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100698
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200699
700keyword defaults frontend listen backend
701----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
702acl - X X X
703appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100704backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100705balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200706bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100707bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200708block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100709capture cookie - X X -
710capture request header - X X -
711capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100712clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100713contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200714cookie X - X X
715default_backend - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200716description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100717disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200718dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100719enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200720errorfile X X X X
721errorloc X X X X
722errorloc302 X X X X
723errorloc303 X X X X
724fullconn X - X X
725grace - X X X
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200726hash-type X - X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100727http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200728id - X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200729log X X X X
730maxconn X X X -
731mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100732monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200733monitor-net X X X -
734monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100735[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200736[no] option accept-invalid-
737 http-request X X X -
738[no] option accept-invalid-
739 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100740[no] option allbackups X - X X
741[no] option checkcache X - X X
742[no] option clitcpka X X X -
743[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200744[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100745[no] option dontlognull X X X -
746[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200747option forwardfor X X X X
748option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100749[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200750option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200751[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200752[no] option independant-
753 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200754[no] option log-health- X - X X
755 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200756[no] option log-separate-
757 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100758[no] option logasap X X X -
759[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200760option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100761[no] option persist X - X X
762[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200763option smtpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200764[no] option socket-stats X X X -
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100765[no] option splice-auto X X X X
766[no] option splice-request X X X X
767[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100768[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200769option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200770[no] option tcp-smart-
771 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200772option tcpka X X X X
773option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100774[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200775persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100776rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200777redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100778redisp X - X X (deprecated)
779redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200780reqadd - X X X
781reqallow - X X X
782reqdel - X X X
783reqdeny - X X X
784reqiallow - X X X
785reqidel - X X X
786reqideny - X X X
787reqipass - X X X
788reqirep - X X X
789reqisetbe - X X X
790reqitarpit - X X X
791reqpass - X X X
792reqrep - X X X
793reqsetbe - X X X
794reqtarpit - X X X
795retries X - X X
796rspadd - X X X
797rspdel - X X X
798rspdeny - X X X
799rspidel - X X X
800rspideny - X X X
801rspirep - X X X
802rsprep - X X X
803server - - X X
804source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100805srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200806stats auth X - X X
807stats enable X - X X
808stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200809stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200810stats scope X - X X
811stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200812stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200813tcp-request content accept - X X -
814tcp-request content reject - X X -
815tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100816timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100817timeout client X X X -
818timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
819timeout connect X - X X
820timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200821timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100822timeout queue X - X X
823timeout server X - X X
824timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100825timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100826transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200827use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200828----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
829keyword defaults frontend listen backend
830
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100831
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008324.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
833---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100834
835This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
836
837
838acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
839 Declare or complete an access list.
840 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
841 no | yes | yes | yes
842 Example:
843 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
844 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
845 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
846
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200847 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100848
849
850appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
851 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
852 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
853 no | no | yes | yes
854 Arguments :
855 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
856 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
857
858 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
859 checked in each cookie value.
860
861 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
862 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
863 milliseconds.
864
865 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
866 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
867 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
868 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
869 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
870 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
871 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
872 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
873 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
874
875 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
876
877 Example :
878 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
879
880 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
881
882
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100883backlog <conns>
884 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
885 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
886 yes | yes | yes | no
887 Arguments :
888 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
889 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
890 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
891
892 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
893 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
894 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
895 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
896 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
897 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
898 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
899 backlog parameter.
900
901 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
902 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
903 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
904
905 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
906
907
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100908balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200909balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100910 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
911 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
912 yes | no | yes | yes
913 Arguments :
914 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
915 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
916 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
917 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
918
919 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
920 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
921 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
922 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +0200923 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
924 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
925 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
926 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
927 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
928 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
929 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
930 it, so that you don't worry.
931
932 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
933 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
934 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
935 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
936 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
937 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
938 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
939 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100940
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100941 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
942 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
943 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
944 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
945 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
946 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
947 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
948 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
949
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100950 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
951 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
952 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
953 address will always reach the same server as long as no
954 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
955 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
956 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
957 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
958 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
959 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200960 static by default, which means that changing a server's
961 weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be
962 changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100963
964 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
965 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
966 result designates which server will receive the request. This
967 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
968 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
969 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
970 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200971 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default,
972 which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will
973 have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100974
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200975 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
976 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
977 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
978 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
979 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
980 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
981 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
982 URIs start with a leading "/".
983
984 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
985 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
986 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
987 evaluation stops when either is reached.
988
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100989 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200990 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
991
992 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
993 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
994 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
995 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
996 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
997 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
998 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
999 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
1000 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
1001 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
1002 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
1003 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1004 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1005 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1006 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1007 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1008 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1009 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1010 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1011 be randomly balanced if at all.
1012
1013 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1014 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1015 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1016 server will receive the request.
1017
1018 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1019 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1020 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1021 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1022 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001023 backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means
1024 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
1025 effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001026
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001027 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1028 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1029 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
1030 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
1031 algorithm is applied instead.
1032
1033 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
1034 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1035 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1036 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1037
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001038 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1039 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1040 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1041
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001042 rdp-cookie
1043 rdp-cookie(name)
1044 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1045 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1046 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1047 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1048 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1049 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
1050 cookie is not found, the normal round-robind algorithm is
1051 used instead.
1052
1053 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1054 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1055 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1056 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1057
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001058 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1059 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1060 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1061
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001062 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001063 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1064 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001065
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001066 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001067 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001068
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001069 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1070 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1071 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001072
1073 Examples :
1074 balance roundrobin
1075 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001076 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001077 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1078 balance hdr(host)
1079 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001080
1081 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1082 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1083
1084 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
1085 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1086 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1087 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1088 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1089
1090 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1091 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1092 defaults to 16 kB.
1093
1094 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1095 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1096
1097 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1098 Round Robin.
1099
1100 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1101 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1102 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1103 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1104
1105 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1106
1107 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1108 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1109 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1110 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1111 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001112
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001113 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and
1114 "http_proxy".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001115
1116
1117bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001118bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001119bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001120bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001121bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id>
1122bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001123 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1124 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1125 no | yes | yes | no
1126 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001127 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1128 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1129 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1130 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1131 special address "0.0.0.0".
1132
1133 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1134 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1135 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001136
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001137 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1138 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1139 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1140 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1141 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1142 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1143 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1144 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1145 privileges.
1146
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001147 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1148 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1149 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1150 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1151 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1152 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1153 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1154 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1155
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001156 <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and
1157 unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be
1158 assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a
1159 single socket.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001160
1161 <name> is an optional name provided for stats
1162
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001163 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1164 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1165 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1166 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1167 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1168 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1169 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1170 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1171 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001172
1173 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1174 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1175 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1176 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1177 in a frontend.
1178
1179 Example :
1180 listen http_proxy
1181 bind :80,:443
1182 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1183
1184 See also : "source".
1185
1186
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001187bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1188 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1189 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1190 yes | yes | yes | yes
1191 Arguments :
1192 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1193 may be used to override a default value.
1194
1195 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1196 option may be combined with other numbers.
1197
1198 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1199 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1200 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1201 missing from all processes.
1202
1203 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1204 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1205 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1206 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1207
1208 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1209 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1210 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1211 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1212 and 'even' instances.
1213
1214 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1215 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1216 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1217 32.
1218
1219 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1220 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1221
1222 Example :
1223 listen app_ip1
1224 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1225 bind_process odd
1226
1227 listen app_ip2
1228 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1229 bind_process even
1230
1231 listen management
1232 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1233 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1234
1235 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1236
1237
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001238block { if | unless } <condition>
1239 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1240 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1241 no | yes | yes | yes
1242
1243 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1244 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001245 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001246 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1247 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1248 "block" statements per instance.
1249
1250 Example:
1251 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1252 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1253 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1254 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1255
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001256 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001257
1258
1259capture cookie <name> len <length>
1260 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1261 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1262 no | yes | yes | no
1263 Arguments :
1264 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1265 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1266 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1267 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1268 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1269
1270 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1271 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1272 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1273 right if it exceeds <length>.
1274
1275 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1276 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1277 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1278 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1279
1280 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1281 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1282 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1283
1284 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1285 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1286 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1287 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1288 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1289 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1290
1291 Example:
1292 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1293
1294 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001295 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001296
1297
1298capture request header <name> len <length>
1299 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1300 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1301 no | yes | yes | no
1302 Arguments :
1303 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001304 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001305 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1306 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1307 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1308
1309 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1310 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1311 it exceeds <length>.
1312
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001313 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001314 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1315 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001316 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1317 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1318 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1319 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1320 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1321 environments to find where the request came from.
1322
1323 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1324 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1325 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1326 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001327
1328 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1329 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1330 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1331 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1332
1333 Example:
1334 capture request header Host len 15
1335 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1336 capture request header Referrer len 15
1337
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001338 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001339 about logging.
1340
1341
1342capture response header <name> len <length>
1343 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1344 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1345 no | yes | yes | no
1346 Arguments :
1347 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001348 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001349 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1350 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1351 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1352
1353 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1354 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1355 it exceeds <length>.
1356
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001357 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001358 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1359 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1360 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001361 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1362 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1363 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1364 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001365
1366 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1367 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1368 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1369 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1370
1371 Example:
1372 capture response header Content-length len 9
1373 capture response header Location len 15
1374
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001375 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001376 about logging.
1377
1378
1379clitimeout <timeout>
1380 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1381 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1382 yes | yes | yes | no
1383 Arguments :
1384 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1385 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1386 as explained at the top of this document.
1387
1388 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1389 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1390 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1391 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1392 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1393 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1394 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1395 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001396 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001397 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1398 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1399
1400 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1401 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1402 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1403 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1404 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1405 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1406
1407 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1408 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1409
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001410 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1411 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001412
1413
1414contimeout <timeout>
1415 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1416 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1417 yes | no | yes | yes
1418 Arguments :
1419 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1420 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1421 as explained at the top of this document.
1422
1423 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001424 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001425 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1426 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1427 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1428 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1429 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1430
1431 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1432 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1433 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1434 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1435 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1436 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1437
1438 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1439 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1440 instead.
1441
1442 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1443 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1444
1445
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001446cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1447 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001448 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1449 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1450 yes | no | yes | yes
1451 Arguments :
1452 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1453 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1454 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1455 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1456 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1457 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1458 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1459 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1460 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1461
1462 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1463 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1464 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1465 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1466 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1467 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1468 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1469 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1470 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1471 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1472 "insert" and "prefix".
1473
1474 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1475 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1476 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1477 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1478 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1479 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1480 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1481 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1482 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1483
1484 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1485 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1486 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1487 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1488 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1489 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1490 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1491 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1492 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1493 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1494 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1495
1496 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1497 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1498 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1499 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1500 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1501 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1502 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1503 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1504 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1505 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1506
1507 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1508 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1509 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1510 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1511 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1512 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1513 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1514 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1515 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1516
1517 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1518 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1519 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1520 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1521 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1522 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1523 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1524 persistence cookie in the cache.
1525 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1526
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001527 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1528 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1529 name.
1530
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001531 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1532 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1533 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1534 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001535
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001536 Examples :
1537 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1538 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1539 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1540
1541 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1542
1543
1544default_backend <backend>
1545 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1546 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1547 yes | yes | yes | no
1548 Arguments :
1549 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1550
1551 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1552 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1553 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1554 will catch all undetermined requests.
1555
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001556 Example :
1557
1558 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1559 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1560 default_backend dynamic
1561
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001562 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1563
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001564
1565disabled
1566 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1567 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1568 yes | yes | yes | yes
1569 Arguments : none
1570
1571 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1572 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1573 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1574 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1575 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1576 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1577 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1578
1579 See also : "enabled"
1580
1581
1582enabled
1583 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1584 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1585 yes | yes | yes | yes
1586 Arguments : none
1587
1588 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1589 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1590
1591 See also : "disabled"
1592
1593
1594errorfile <code> <file>
1595 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1596 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1597 yes | yes | yes | yes
1598 Arguments :
1599 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1600 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1601
1602 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001603 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001604 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001605 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1606 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001607
1608 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1609 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1610 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1611
1612 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1613 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1614 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1615 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1616
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001617 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1618 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1619 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1620 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1621 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1622 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1623
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001624 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1625 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1626 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001627 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001628 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1629
1630 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1631
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001632 Example :
1633 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1634 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1635 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1636
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001637
1638errorloc <code> <url>
1639errorloc302 <code> <url>
1640 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1641 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1642 yes | yes | yes | yes
1643 Arguments :
1644 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1645 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1646
1647 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1648 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1649 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1650 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1651 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1652
1653 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1654 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1655 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1656
1657 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1658 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1659 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1660 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1661 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1662 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1663 request.
1664
1665 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1666
1667
1668errorloc303 <code> <url>
1669 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1670 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1671 yes | yes | yes | yes
1672 Arguments :
1673 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1674 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1675
1676 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1677 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1678 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1679 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1680 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1681
1682 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1683 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1684 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1685
1686 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1687 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1688 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1689 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001690 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001691
1692 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1693
1694
1695fullconn <conns>
1696 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1697 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1698 yes | no | yes | yes
1699 Arguments :
1700 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1701 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1702
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001703 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001704 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001705 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001706 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1707 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1708 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1709 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1710 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1711 exceptionnal loads.
1712
1713 Example :
1714 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1715 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1716 # connections.
1717 backend dynamic
1718 fullconn 10000
1719 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1720 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1721
1722 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1723
1724
1725grace <time>
1726 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1727 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1728 no | yes | yes | yes
1729 Arguments :
1730 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1731 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1732 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1733
1734 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1735 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1736 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1737 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1738
1739 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1740 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1741 simplify it.
1742
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001743
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001744hash-type <method>
1745 Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers
1746 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1747 yes | no | yes | yes
1748 Arguments :
1749 map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers.
1750 The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will
1751 be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be
1752 ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also,
1753 since a server is selected by its position in the array, most
1754 mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means
1755 that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added
1756 to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different
1757 servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance.
1758
1759 consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each
1760 server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest
1761 server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing
1762 weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the
1763 slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server
1764 goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server
1765 is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are
1766 redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches.
1767 However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very
1768 smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's
1769 weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order
1770 to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is
1771 important that all servers have the same IDs.
1772
1773 The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages.
1774
1775 See also : "balance", "server"
1776
1777
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001778http-check disable-on-404
1779 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1780 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001781 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001782 Arguments : none
1783
1784 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1785 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1786 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1787 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1788 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1789 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1790 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1791 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1792 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1793
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001794 See also : "option httpchk"
1795
1796
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001797id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001798 Set a persistent ID to a proxy.
1799 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1800 no | yes | yes | yes
1801 Arguments : none
1802
1803 Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive.
1804 An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned
1805 value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001806
1807
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001808log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001809log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001810 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1811 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1812 yes | yes | yes | yes
1813 Arguments :
1814 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1815 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1816 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1817 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1818 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1819 parameter.
1820
1821 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1822 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1823
1824 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1825 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1826 standard syslog port).
1827
1828 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1829 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1830 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1831 appropriately writeable).
1832
1833 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1834
1835 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1836 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1837 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1838
1839 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1840 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1841 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001842 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1843 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1844 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1845 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1846 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001847
1848 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1849
1850 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1851 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1852 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1853
1854 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001855 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1856 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1857 "info".
1858
1859 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1860 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1861 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1862 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1863
1864 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1865 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001866
1867 Example :
1868 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001869 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1870 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001871
1872
1873maxconn <conns>
1874 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1875 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1876 yes | yes | yes | no
1877 Arguments :
1878 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1879 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1880 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1881 closes.
1882
1883 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1884 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1885 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1886 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1887 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1888 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1889 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1890 properly tuned.
1891
1892 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1893 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1894 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1895
1896 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1897
1898
1899mode { tcp|http|health }
1900 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1901 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1902 yes | yes | yes | yes
1903 Arguments :
1904 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1905 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1906 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1907 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1908
1909 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1910 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1911 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1912 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1913 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1914
1915 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1916 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1917 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1918 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1919 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1920 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1921
1922 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1923 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1924 will be refused.
1925
1926 Example :
1927 defaults http_instances
1928 mode http
1929
1930 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1931
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001932
1933monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001934 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001935 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1936 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001937 Arguments :
1938 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1939 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1940 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1941 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1942 backend and its backup.
1943
1944 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1945 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1946 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1947 servers in a list of backends.
1948
1949 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1950 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1951 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1952 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1953 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1954 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1955 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001956 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001957
1958 Example:
1959 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001960 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001961 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1962 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
1963 monitor-uri /site_alive
1964 monitor fail if site_dead
1965
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001966 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
1967
1968
1969monitor-net <source>
1970 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
1971 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1972 yes | yes | yes | no
1973 Arguments :
1974 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
1975 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
1976 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
1977 followed by a mask.
1978
1979 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
1980 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
1981 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
1982 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
1983
1984 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
1985 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
1986 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
1987 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
1988 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
1989
1990 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1991 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1992 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1993 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
1994 requests caught by "monitor-net".
1995
1996 Example :
1997 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
1998 frontend www
1999 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
2000
2001 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
2002
2003
2004monitor-uri <uri>
2005 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
2006 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2007 yes | yes | yes | no
2008 Arguments :
2009 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
2010 health status instead of forwarding the request.
2011
2012 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
2013 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
2014 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
2015 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
2016 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
2017 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
2018 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
2019 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
2020
2021 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2022 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2023 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2024 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
2025 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
2026 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
2027
2028 Example :
2029 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
2030 frontend www
2031 mode http
2032 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
2033
2034 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
2035
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002036
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002037option abortonclose
2038no option abortonclose
2039 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
2040 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2041 yes | no | yes | yes
2042 Arguments : none
2043
2044 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
2045 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
2046 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
2047 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002048 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002049 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
2050 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
2051 encountered while delivering the response.
2052
2053 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
2054 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
2055 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
2056 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
2057 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
2058 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
2059 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
2060 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002061 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002062 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2063 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2064 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2065
2066 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2067 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2068 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2069 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2070 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2071 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2072 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2073 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
2074 reduces the response time for other users.
2075
2076 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2077 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2078
2079 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2080
2081
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002082option accept-invalid-http-request
2083no option accept-invalid-http-request
2084 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2085 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2086 yes | yes | yes | no
2087 Arguments : none
2088
2089 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2090 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2091 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2092 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2093 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2094 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2095 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2096 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2097 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2098
2099 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2100 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2101 been confirmed.
2102
2103 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2104 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2105 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2106 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2107
2108 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2109 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2110
2111 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2112 stats socket.
2113
2114
2115option accept-invalid-http-response
2116no option accept-invalid-http-response
2117 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2118 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2119 yes | no | yes | yes
2120 Arguments : none
2121
2122 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2123 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2124 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2125 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2126 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2127 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2128 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2129 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2130 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2131
2132 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2133 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2134 been confirmed.
2135
2136 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2137 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2138 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2139 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2140
2141 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2142 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2143
2144 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2145 stats socket.
2146
2147
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002148option allbackups
2149no option allbackups
2150 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2151 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2152 yes | no | yes | yes
2153 Arguments : none
2154
2155 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2156 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2157 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2158 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2159 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2160 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2161 order between the backup servers anymore.
2162
2163 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2164 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2165
2166 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2167 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2168
2169
2170option checkcache
2171no option checkcache
2172 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2173 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2174 yes | no | yes | yes
2175 Arguments : none
2176
2177 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2178 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2179 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2180 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2181 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2182 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2183
2184 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2185 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002186 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002187 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2188 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002189 to the client are :
2190 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002191 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002192 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002193 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2194 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2195 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2196 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2197 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2198 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2199 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2200 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2201 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2202 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2203 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2204
2205 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002206 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002207 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2208 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2209 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2210
2211 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2212 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002213 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002214 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2215
2216 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2217 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2218
2219
2220option clitcpka
2221no option clitcpka
2222 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2223 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2224 yes | yes | yes | no
2225 Arguments : none
2226
2227 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2228 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2229 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2230 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2231
2232 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2233 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2234 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2235 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2236
2237 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2238 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2239 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2240 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2241 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2242
2243 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2244
2245 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2246 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2247 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2248
2249 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2250 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2251
2252 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2253
2254
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002255option contstats
2256 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2257 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2258 yes | yes | yes | no
2259 Arguments : none
2260
2261 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2262 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2263 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2264 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2265 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2266 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2267 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2268
2269
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002270option dontlog-normal
2271no option dontlog-normal
2272 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2273 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2274 yes | yes | yes | no
2275 Arguments : none
2276
2277 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2278 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2279 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2280 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2281 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2282 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2283 logged.
2284
2285 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2286 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2287 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2288
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002289 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002290 logging.
2291
2292
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002293option dontlognull
2294no option dontlognull
2295 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2296 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2297 yes | yes | yes | no
2298 Arguments : none
2299
2300 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2301 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2302 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2303 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2304 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2305 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2306 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2307
2308 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2309 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2310 would not be logged.
2311
2312 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2313 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2314
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002315 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002316
2317
2318option forceclose
2319no option forceclose
2320 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2321 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2322 yes | no | yes | yes
2323 Arguments : none
2324
2325 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2326 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2327 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2328 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2329 global session times in the logs.
2330
2331 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2332 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2333 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2334 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2335 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2336
2337 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2338 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2339
2340 See also : "option httpclose"
2341
2342
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002343option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002344 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2345 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2346 yes | yes | yes | yes
2347 Arguments :
2348 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2349 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002350 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2351 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002352
2353 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2354 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2355 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2356 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2357 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2358 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2359 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002360 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2361 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2362 possible that the client has already brought one.
2363
2364 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2365 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2366 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2367 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2368 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2369 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002370
2371 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2372 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2373 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2374 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2375 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2376 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2377 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2378
2379 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002380 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2381 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2382 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002383
2384 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2385 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2386 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2387 when using this option.
2388
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002389 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002390 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2391 frontend www
2392 mode http
2393 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2394
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002395 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2396 backend www
2397 mode http
2398 option forwardfor header X-Client
2399
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002400 See also : "option httpclose"
2401
2402
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002403option httpchk
2404option httpchk <uri>
2405option httpchk <method> <uri>
2406option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2407 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2408 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2409 yes | no | yes | yes
2410 Arguments :
2411 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2412 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2413 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2414 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2415 ones.
2416
2417 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2418 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2419 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2420
2421 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2422 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2423 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2424 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2425 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2426
2427 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2428 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2429 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2430 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2431 the lack of any response.
2432
2433 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2434
2435 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2436 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2437 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2438
2439 Examples :
2440 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2441 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2442 backend https_relay
2443 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002444 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002445 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2446
2447 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2448 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2449
2450
2451option httpclose
2452no option httpclose
2453 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2454 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2455 yes | yes | yes | yes
2456 Arguments : none
2457
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002458 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002459 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2460 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2461 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2462 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2463 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2464 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2465 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2466 be removed.
2467
2468 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2469 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2470 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2471 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2472 the request connection once the server responds.
2473
2474 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2475 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2476 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2477
2478 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2479 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2480
2481 See also : "option forceclose"
2482
2483
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002484option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002485 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2486 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2487 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002488 Arguments :
2489 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2490 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2491 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2492 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2493 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002494
2495 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2496 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2497 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2498 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2499 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2500 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2501 ports.
2502
2503 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2504
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002505 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2506 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2507 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2508 by default.
2509
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002510 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002511
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002512
2513option http_proxy
2514no option http_proxy
2515 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2516 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2517 yes | yes | yes | yes
2518 Arguments : none
2519
2520 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2521 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2522 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2523 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2524 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2525
2526 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2527 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2528 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2529 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2530 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2531 be analyzed.
2532
2533 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2534 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2535
2536 Example :
2537 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2538 backend direct_forward
2539 option httpclose
2540 option http_proxy
2541
2542 See also : "option httpclose"
2543
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002544
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002545option independant-streams
2546no option independant-streams
2547 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2548 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2549 yes | yes | yes | yes
2550 Arguments : none
2551
2552 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2553 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2554 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2555 receive data or not.
2556
2557 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2558 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2559 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2560 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2561 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2562 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2563 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2564 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2565 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2566 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2567 socket buffers.
2568
2569 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2570 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2571 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2572 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2573 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2574
2575 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2576
2577
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002578option log-health-checks
2579no option log-health-checks
2580 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2581 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2582 yes | no | yes | yes
2583 Arguments : none
2584
2585 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2586 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2587 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2588 of additional information is limited.
2589
2590 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2591 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2592
2593 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2594
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002595
2596option log-separate-errors
2597no option log-separate-errors
2598 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2599 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2600 yes | yes | yes | no
2601 Arguments : none
2602
2603 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2604 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2605 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2606 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2607 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2608 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2609 provides very important information.
2610
2611 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2612 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2613 error logs.
2614
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002615 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002616 logging.
2617
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002618
2619option logasap
2620no option logasap
2621 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2622 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2623 yes | yes | yes | no
2624 Arguments : none
2625
2626 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2627 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2628 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2629 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2630 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2631 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2632 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002633 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002634 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2635 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2636
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002637 Examples :
2638 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2639 mode http
2640 option httplog
2641 option logasap
2642 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2643
2644 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2645 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2646 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2647 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2648
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002649 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002650 logging.
2651
2652
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002653option nolinger
2654no option nolinger
2655 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2656 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2657 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002658 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002659
2660 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2661 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2662 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2663 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2664 connections.
2665
2666 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2667 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2668 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2669 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2670 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2671 this too.
2672
2673 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2674 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2675 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2676
2677 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2678 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2679 for servers.
2680
2681 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2682 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2683
2684
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002685option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2686 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2687 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2688 yes | yes | yes | yes
2689 Arguments :
2690 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2691 matching <network>
2692 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2693 header name.
2694
2695 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2696 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2697 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2698 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2699 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2700 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2701 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2702 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2703 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2704 possible that the client has already brought one.
2705
2706 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2707 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2708 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2709 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2710 header and requires different one.
2711
2712 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2713 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2714 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2715 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2716 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2717 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2718 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2719
2720 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2721 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2722 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2723 both are defined.
2724
2725 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2726 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2727 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2728 when using this option.
2729
2730 Examples :
2731 # Original Destination address
2732 frontend www
2733 mode http
2734 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2735
2736 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2737 backend www
2738 mode http
2739 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2740
2741 See also : "option httpclose"
2742
2743
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002744option persist
2745no option persist
2746 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2747 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2748 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002749 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002750
2751 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2752 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2753 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2754 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2755 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2756 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2757 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2758 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2759 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2760 redirected to another valid server.
2761
2762 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2763 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2764
2765 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2766
2767
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002768option redispatch
2769no option redispatch
2770 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2771 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2772 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002773 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002774
2775 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2776 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2777 be able to access the service anymore.
2778
2779 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2780 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2781
2782 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2783 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2784 value.
2785
2786 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2787 "redisp" keywords.
2788
2789 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2790 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2791
2792 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2793
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002794
2795option smtpchk
2796option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2797 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2798 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2799 yes | no | yes | yes
2800 Arguments :
2801 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2802 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2803 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2804
2805 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2806 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2807 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2808
2809 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2810 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2811 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2812 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2813 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2814 dead server.
2815
2816 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2817 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2818 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2819 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2820
2821 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2822 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2823 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2824 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2825 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2826
2827 Example :
2828 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2829
2830 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2831
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002832
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02002833option socket-stats
2834no option socket-stats
2835
2836 Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket.
2837 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2838 yes | yes | yes | no
2839
2840 Arguments : none
2841
2842
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002843option splice-auto
2844no option splice-auto
2845 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2846 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2847 yes | yes | yes | yes
2848 Arguments : none
2849
2850 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2851 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2852 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2853 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2854 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2855 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2856 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2857 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2858 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2859
2860 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2861 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2862 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2863 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2864 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2865 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2866 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2867 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2868 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2869 keyword.
2870
2871 Example :
2872 option splice-auto
2873
2874 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2875 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2876
2877 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2878 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2879
2880
2881option splice-request
2882no option splice-request
2883 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2884 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2885 yes | yes | yes | yes
2886 Arguments : none
2887
2888 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2889 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2890 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2891 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2892 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2893 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2894
2895 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2896
2897 Example :
2898 option splice-request
2899
2900 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2901 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2902
2903 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2904 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2905
2906
2907option splice-response
2908no option splice-response
2909 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2910 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2911 yes | yes | yes | yes
2912 Arguments : none
2913
2914 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2915 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2916 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2917 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2918 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2919 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2920
2921 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2922
2923 Example :
2924 option splice-response
2925
2926 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2927 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2928
2929 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2930 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2931
2932
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002933option srvtcpka
2934no option srvtcpka
2935 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2936 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2937 yes | no | yes | yes
2938 Arguments : none
2939
2940 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2941 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2942 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2943 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2944
2945 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2946 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2947 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2948 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2949
2950 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2951 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2952 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2953 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2954 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2955
2956 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2957
2958 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2959 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2960 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2961
2962 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2963 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2964
2965 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
2966
2967
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002968option ssl-hello-chk
2969 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
2970 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2971 yes | no | yes | yes
2972 Arguments : none
2973
2974 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
2975 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
2976 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
2977 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
2978 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
2979 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
2980 hello message.
2981
2982 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
2983 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
2984 messages, which is appreciable.
2985
2986 See also: "option httpchk"
2987
2988
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002989option tcp-smart-accept
2990no option tcp-smart-accept
2991 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
2992 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2993 yes | yes | yes | no
2994 Arguments : none
2995
2996 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
2997 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
2998 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
2999 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
3000 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
3001 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
3002
3003 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
3004 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
3005 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
3006 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
3007
3008 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
3009 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
3010 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
3011 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
3012
3013 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
3014 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
3015 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
3016
3017 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
3018 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
3019 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
3020
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02003021 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
3022
3023
3024option tcp-smart-connect
3025no option tcp-smart-connect
3026 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
3027 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3028 yes | no | yes | yes
3029 Arguments : none
3030
3031 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
3032 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
3033 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
3034 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
3035 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
3036
3037 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
3038 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
3039 complex.
3040
3041 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
3042 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
3043 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
3044
3045 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3046 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3047
3048 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
3049
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003050
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003051option tcpka
3052 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
3053 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3054 yes | yes | yes | yes
3055 Arguments : none
3056
3057 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3058 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3059 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3060 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3061
3062 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3063 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3064 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3065 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3066
3067 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3068 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3069 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3070 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3071 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3072
3073 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3074
3075 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3076 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3077 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3078 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3079 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3080 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3081 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3082 backends.
3083
3084 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3085
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003086
3087option tcplog
3088 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3089 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3090 yes | yes | yes | yes
3091 Arguments : none
3092
3093 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3094 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3095 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3096 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3097 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3098 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3099 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3100 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3101
3102 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3103
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003104 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003105
3106
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003107option transparent
3108no option transparent
3109 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3110 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003111 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003112 Arguments : none
3113
3114 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3115 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3116 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3117 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3118 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3119 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3120 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3121 appropriate server.
3122
3123 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3124 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3125
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003126 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3127 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003128
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003129
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003130persist rdp-cookie
3131persist rdp-cookie(name)
3132 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3133 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3134 yes | no | yes | yes
3135 Arguments :
3136 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3137 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3138 no valid reason to change this name.
3139
3140 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3141 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3142 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3143 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3144 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3145 forwarded to this server.
3146
3147 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3148 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3149 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
3150 load-balancing method. Thus it is higly recommended to put all statements in
3151 a single "listen" section.
3152
3153 Example :
3154 listen tse-farm
3155 bind :3389
3156 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3157 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3158 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3159 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3160 persist rdp-cookie
3161 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3162 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3163 balance rdp-cookie
3164 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3165 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3166
3167 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3168
3169
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003170rate-limit sessions <rate>
3171 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3172 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3173 yes | yes | yes | no
3174 Arguments :
3175 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3176 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3177
3178 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3179 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3180 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3181 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3182 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3183 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3184
3185 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3186 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3187 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3188 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3189
3190 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3191 listen smtp
3192 mode tcp
3193 bind :25
3194 rate-limit sessions 10
3195 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3196
3197 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3198 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3199
3200 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3201
3202
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003203redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
3204redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003205 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3206 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3207 no | yes | yes | yes
3208
3209 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003210 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003211
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003212 Arguments :
3213 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3214 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3215 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3216 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003217 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3218 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3219 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3220 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003221
3222 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3223 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3224 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3225 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3226 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3227 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3228 location with a GET method.
3229
3230 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3231 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3232
3233 - "drop-query"
3234 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3235 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3236 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3237 with a location-type redirect.
3238
3239 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3240 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3241 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3242 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3243 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3244 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3245 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3246
3247 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3248 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3249 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3250 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3251 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3252 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3253 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003254
3255 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3256 acl clear dst_port 80
3257 acl secure dst_port 8080
3258 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003259 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003260 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003261 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3262
3263 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003264 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3265 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3266 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003267 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003268
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003269 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003270
3271
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003272redisp (deprecated)
3273redispatch (deprecated)
3274 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3275 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3276 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003277 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003278
3279 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3280 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3281 be able to access the service anymore.
3282
3283 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3284 redistribute them to a working server.
3285
3286 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3287 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3288 value.
3289
3290 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3291 "option redispatch" instead.
3292
3293 See also : "option redispatch"
3294
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003295
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003296reqadd <string>
3297 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3298 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3299 no | yes | yes | yes
3300 Arguments :
3301 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3302 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003303 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003304
3305 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3306 the last header of an HTTP request.
3307
3308 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3309 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3310 responses.
3311
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003312 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003313
3314
3315reqallow <search>
3316reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3317 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3318 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3319 no | yes | yes | yes
3320 Arguments :
3321 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3322 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3323 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3324 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3325 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3326 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3327 ignores case.
3328
3329 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3330 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3331 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3332 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3333 header names are not.
3334
3335 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3336 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3337
3338 Example :
3339 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3340 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3341 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3342
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003343 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003344 manipulation
3345
3346
3347reqdel <search>
3348reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3349 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3350 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3351 no | yes | yes | yes
3352 Arguments :
3353 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3354 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3355 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3356 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3357 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3358 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3359
3360 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3361 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3362 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3363 next servers.
3364
3365 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3366 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3367 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3368
3369 Example :
3370 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3371 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3372 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3373
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003374 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003375 manipulation
3376
3377
3378reqdeny <search>
3379reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3380 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3381 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3382 no | yes | yes | yes
3383 Arguments :
3384 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3385 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3386 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3387 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3388 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3389 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3390 case.
3391
3392 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3393 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3394 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3395 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3396 header names are not.
3397
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003398 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003399 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003400 using ACLs.
3401
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003402 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3403 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3404
3405 Example :
3406 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3407 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3408 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3409
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003410 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003411 header manipulation
3412
3413
3414reqpass <search>
3415reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3416 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3417 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3418 no | yes | yes | yes
3419 Arguments :
3420 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3421 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3422 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3423 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3424 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3425 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3426 case.
3427
3428 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3429 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3430 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3431 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3432
3433 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3434 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3435
3436 Example :
3437 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3438 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3439 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3440 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3441
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003442 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003443 header manipulation
3444
3445
3446reqrep <search> <string>
3447reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3448 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3449 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3450 no | yes | yes | yes
3451 Arguments :
3452 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3453 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3454 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3455 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3456 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3457 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3458
3459 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3460 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3461 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3462 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003463 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003464
3465 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3466 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3467 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3468
3469 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3470 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3471 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3472 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3473 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3474
3475 Example :
3476 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3477 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3478 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3479 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3480
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003481 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003482 manipulation
3483
3484
3485reqtarpit <search>
3486reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3487 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3488 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3489 no | yes | yes | yes
3490 Arguments :
3491 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3492 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3493 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3494 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3495 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3496 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3497 ignores case.
3498
3499 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3500 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003501 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3502 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3503 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003504 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3505 not set.
3506
3507 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3508 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3509 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3510 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3511 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3512
3513 Example :
3514 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3515 # block all others.
3516 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3517 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3518
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003519 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003520 manipulation
3521
3522
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003523retries <value>
3524 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3525 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3526 yes | no | yes | yes
3527 Arguments :
3528 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3529 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3530 default value is 3.
3531
3532 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3533 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3534 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3535
3536 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3537 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3538
3539 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3540 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3541
3542 See also : "option redispatch"
3543
3544
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003545rspadd <string>
3546 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3547 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3548 no | yes | yes | yes
3549 Arguments :
3550 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3551 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003552 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003553
3554 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3555 the last header of an HTTP response.
3556
3557 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3558 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3559 responses.
3560
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003561 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003562
3563
3564rspdel <search>
3565rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3566 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3567 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3568 no | yes | yes | yes
3569 Arguments :
3570 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3571 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3572 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3573 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3574 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3575 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3576 ignores case.
3577
3578 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3579 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3580 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3581 client.
3582
3583 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3584 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3585 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3586
3587 Example :
3588 # remove the Server header from responses
3589 reqidel ^Server:.*
3590
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003591 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003592 manipulation
3593
3594
3595rspdeny <search>
3596rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3597 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3598 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3599 no | yes | yes | yes
3600 Arguments :
3601 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3602 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3603 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3604 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3605 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3606 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3607 ignores case.
3608
3609 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3610 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3611 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3612 case-sensitive.
3613
3614 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003615 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3616 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3617 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003618
3619 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3620 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3621
3622 Example :
3623 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3624 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3625
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003626 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003627 manipulation
3628
3629
3630rsprep <search> <string>
3631rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3632 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3633 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3634 no | yes | yes | yes
3635 Arguments :
3636 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3637 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3638 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3639 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3640 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3641 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3642 ignores case.
3643
3644 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3645 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3646 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3647 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003648 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003649
3650 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3651 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3652 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3653
3654 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3655 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3656 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3657 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3658 are not case-sensitive.
3659
3660 Example :
3661 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3662 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3663
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003664 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003665 manipulation
3666
3667
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003668server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3669 Declare a server in a backend
3670 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3671 no | no | yes | yes
3672 Arguments :
3673 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3674 appear in logs and alerts.
3675
3676 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3677 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3678 start-up.
3679
3680 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3681 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3682 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3683 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3684 adding this value to the client's port.
3685
3686 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3687 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003688 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003689
3690 Examples :
3691 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3692 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3693
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003694 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003695
3696
3697source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003698source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003699 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3700 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3701 yes | no | yes | yes
3702 Arguments :
3703 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3704 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3705 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3706 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3707
3708 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3709 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003710 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3711 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3712 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003713
3714 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3715 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3716 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3717 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3718 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3719 <addr>.
3720
3721 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3722 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3723 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3724 port.
3725
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003726 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3727 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3728 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3729 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3730 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3731 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3732
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003733 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3734 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3735 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3736 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3737
3738 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3739 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3740 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3741 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3742 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3743 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3744
3745 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3746 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3747 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3748 there are two methods :
3749
3750 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3751 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3752 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3753 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3754 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3755 of the client ranges may be used.
3756
3757 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3758 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3759 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3760 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3761 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3762 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3763 same session.
3764
3765 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3766 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3767 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3768 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3769 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3770 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3771
3772 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3773 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3774 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003775 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003776
3777 Examples :
3778 backend private
3779 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3780 source 192.168.1.200
3781
3782 backend transparent_ssl1
3783 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3784 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3785
3786 backend transparent_ssl2
3787 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3788 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3789 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3790
3791 backend transparent_ssl3
3792 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3793 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3794 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3795
3796 backend transparent_smtp
3797 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3798 # with Tproxy version 4.
3799 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3800
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003801 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003802 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3803
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003804
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003805srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3806 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3807 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3808 yes | no | yes | yes
3809 Arguments :
3810 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3811 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3812 as explained at the top of this document.
3813
3814 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3815 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3816 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3817 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3818 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3819 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3820 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3821
3822 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3823 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3824 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3825 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3826 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003827 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003828 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3829 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3830
3831 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3832 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3833 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3834 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3835 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3836 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3837
3838 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3839 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3840
3841 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3842
3843
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003844stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3845 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3846 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3847 yes | no | yes | yes
3848 Arguments :
3849 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3850
3851 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3852
3853 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3854 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3855 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3856 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3857 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3858 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3859
3860 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3861 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3862 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3863 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3864
3865 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3866 report using "stats scope".
3867
3868 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3869 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3870 unobvious parameters.
3871
3872 Example :
3873 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3874 backend public_www
3875 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3876 stats enable
3877 stats hide-version
3878 stats scope .
3879 stats uri /admin?stats
3880 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3881 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3882 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3883
3884 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3885 backend private_monitoring
3886 stats enable
3887 stats uri /admin?stats
3888 stats refresh 5s
3889
3890 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3891
3892
3893stats enable
3894 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3895 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3896 yes | no | yes | yes
3897 Arguments : none
3898
3899 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3900 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3901 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3902 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3903 - stats auth : no authentication
3904 - stats scope : no restriction
3905
3906 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3907 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3908 unobvious parameters.
3909
3910 Example :
3911 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3912 backend public_www
3913 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3914 stats enable
3915 stats hide-version
3916 stats scope .
3917 stats uri /admin?stats
3918 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3919 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3920 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3921
3922 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3923 backend private_monitoring
3924 stats enable
3925 stats uri /admin?stats
3926 stats refresh 5s
3927
3928 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3929
3930
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003931stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003932 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
3933 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3934 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003935 Arguments:
3936 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
3937 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003938
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003939 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
3940 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
3941 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003942
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003943 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3944 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3945 unobvious parameters.
3946
3947 Example:
3948 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3949 backend private_monitoring
3950 stats enable
3951 stats show-node Europe-1
3952 stats uri /admin?stats
3953 stats refresh 5s
3954
3955 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global section.
3956
3957
3958stats show-desc [ <description> ]
3959 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
3960 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3961 yes | no | yes | yes
3962
3963 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
3964 description from global section is automatically used instead.
3965
3966 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
3967 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003968
3969 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3970 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3971 unobvious parameters.
3972
3973 Example :
3974 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3975 backend private_monitoring
3976 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003977 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003978 stats uri /admin?stats
3979 stats refresh 5s
3980
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003981 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in global section.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003982
3983
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003984stats realm <realm>
3985 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
3986 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3987 yes | no | yes | yes
3988 Arguments :
3989 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
3990 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
3991 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
3992
3993 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
3994 using a backslash ('\').
3995
3996 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
3997 only related to authentication.
3998
3999 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4000 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4001 unobvious parameters.
4002
4003 Example :
4004 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4005 backend public_www
4006 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4007 stats enable
4008 stats hide-version
4009 stats scope .
4010 stats uri /admin?stats
4011 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4012 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4013 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4014
4015 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4016 backend private_monitoring
4017 stats enable
4018 stats uri /admin?stats
4019 stats refresh 5s
4020
4021 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
4022
4023
4024stats refresh <delay>
4025 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
4026 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4027 yes | no | yes | yes
4028 Arguments :
4029 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
4030 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
4031 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
4032 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
4033 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
4034 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
4035
4036 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
4037 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
4038 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
4039 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
4040
4041 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4042 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4043 unobvious parameters.
4044
4045 Example :
4046 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4047 backend public_www
4048 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4049 stats enable
4050 stats hide-version
4051 stats scope .
4052 stats uri /admin?stats
4053 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4054 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4055 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4056
4057 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4058 backend private_monitoring
4059 stats enable
4060 stats uri /admin?stats
4061 stats refresh 5s
4062
4063 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4064
4065
4066stats scope { <name> | "." }
4067 Enable statistics and limit access scope
4068 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4069 yes | no | yes | yes
4070 Arguments :
4071 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
4072 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4073 section in which the statement appears.
4074
4075 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4076 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4077 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4078 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4079 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4080 exists.
4081
4082 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4083 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4084 unobvious parameters.
4085
4086 Example :
4087 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4088 backend public_www
4089 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4090 stats enable
4091 stats hide-version
4092 stats scope .
4093 stats uri /admin?stats
4094 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4095 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4096 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4097
4098 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4099 backend private_monitoring
4100 stats enable
4101 stats uri /admin?stats
4102 stats refresh 5s
4103
4104 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4105
4106
4107stats uri <prefix>
4108 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4109 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4110 yes | no | yes | yes
4111 Arguments :
4112 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4113 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4114 query string.
4115
4116 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4117 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4118 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4119 possible to reach it in the application.
4120
4121 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
4122 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
4123 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4124 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4125 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4126 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4127
4128 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4129 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4130 an address or a port to statistics only.
4131
4132 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4133 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4134 unobvious parameters.
4135
4136 Example :
4137 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4138 backend public_www
4139 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4140 stats enable
4141 stats hide-version
4142 stats scope .
4143 stats uri /admin?stats
4144 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4145 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4146 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4147
4148 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4149 backend private_monitoring
4150 stats enable
4151 stats uri /admin?stats
4152 stats refresh 5s
4153
4154 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4155
4156
4157stats hide-version
4158 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4159 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4160 yes | no | yes | yes
4161 Arguments : none
4162
4163 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4164 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4165 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4166 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4167 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4168 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4169
4170 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4171 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4172 unobvious parameters.
4173
4174 Example :
4175 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4176 backend public_www
4177 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4178 stats enable
4179 stats hide-version
4180 stats scope .
4181 stats uri /admin?stats
4182 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4183 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4184 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4185
4186 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4187 backend private_monitoring
4188 stats enable
4189 stats uri /admin?stats
4190 stats refresh 5s
4191
4192 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4193
4194
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004195tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4196 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4197 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4198 no | yes | yes | no
4199
4200 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4201 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4202 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4203 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4204 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4205 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4206 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4207 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4208
4209 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4210 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4211
4212 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4213 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4214 "reject" statement.
4215
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004216 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004217
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004218 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004219
4220
4221tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4222 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4223 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4224 no | yes | yes | no
4225
4226 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4227 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4228 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4229 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4230 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4231 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4232 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4233 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4234
4235 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4236 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4237
4238 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4239 "accept".
4240
4241 Example:
4242 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4243 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4244 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4245 tcp-request reject if content_present
4246
4247 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4248 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4249 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4250 tcp-request accept if content_present
4251 tcp-request reject
4252
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004253 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004254
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004255 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004256
4257
4258tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4259 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4260 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4261 no | yes | yes | no
4262 Arguments :
4263 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4264 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4265 as explained at the top of this document.
4266
4267 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4268 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4269 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4270 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4271 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4272
4273 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4274 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
4275 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
4276 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004277 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4278 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4279 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4280 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004281
4282 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4283 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4284 it pass through unaffected.
4285
4286 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4287 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4288 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4289 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4290 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4291 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4292 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4293
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004294 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004295 "timeout client".
4296
4297
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004298timeout check <timeout>
4299 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4300 established.
4301
4302 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4303 yes | no | yes | yes
4304 Arguments:
4305 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4306 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4307 as explained at the top of this document.
4308
4309 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4310 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4311 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4312 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4313 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4314 long "timeout connect".
4315
4316 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4317 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4318
4319 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4320 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004321 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004322
4323 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4324 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4325 forget about it.
4326
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004327 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4328 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004329
4330
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004331timeout client <timeout>
4332timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4333 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4334 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4335 yes | yes | yes | no
4336 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004337 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004338 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4339 as explained at the top of this document.
4340
4341 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4342 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4343 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4344 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4345 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4346 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4347 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4348 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004349 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004350 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4351 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4352
4353 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4354 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4355 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4356 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4357 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4358 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4359
4360 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4361 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4362 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4363
4364 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4365
4366
4367timeout connect <timeout>
4368timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4369 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4370 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4371 yes | no | yes | yes
4372 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004373 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004374 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4375 as explained at the top of this document.
4376
4377 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004378 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004379 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4380 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004381 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4382 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004383
4384 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4385 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4386 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4387 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4388 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4389 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4390
4391 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4392 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4393 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4394
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004395 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4396 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004397
4398
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004399timeout http-request <timeout>
4400 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4401 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004402 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004403 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004404 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004405 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4406 as explained at the top of this document.
4407
4408 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4409 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4410 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4411 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4412 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4413 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4414 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4415 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4416
4417 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4418 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4419 used anymore.
4420
4421 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4422 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4423 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4424 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4425 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4426
4427 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004428 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4429 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4430 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004431
4432 See also : "timeout client".
4433
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004434
4435timeout queue <timeout>
4436 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4437 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4438 yes | no | yes | yes
4439 Arguments :
4440 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4441 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4442 as explained at the top of this document.
4443
4444 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4445 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4446 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4447 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4448 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4449
4450 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4451 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4452 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4453 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4454
4455 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4456
4457
4458timeout server <timeout>
4459timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4460 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4461 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4462 yes | no | yes | yes
4463 Arguments :
4464 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4465 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4466 as explained at the top of this document.
4467
4468 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4469 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4470 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4471 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4472 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4473 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4474 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4475
4476 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4477 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4478 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4479 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4480 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004481 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004482 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4483 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4484
4485 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4486 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4487 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4488 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4489 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4490 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4491
4492 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4493 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4494 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4495
4496 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4497
4498
4499timeout tarpit <timeout>
4500 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4501 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4502 yes | yes | yes | yes
4503 Arguments :
4504 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4505 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4506 as explained at the top of this document.
4507
4508 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4509 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4510 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4511
4512 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4513 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4514 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4515 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4516 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4517
4518 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4519
4520
4521transparent (deprecated)
4522 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4523 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004524 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004525 Arguments : none
4526
4527 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4528 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4529 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4530 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4531 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4532 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4533 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4534 appropriate server.
4535
4536 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4537
4538 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4539 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4540
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004541 See also: "option transparent"
4542
4543
4544use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4545use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004546 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004547 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4548 no | yes | yes | no
4549 Arguments :
4550 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4551
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004552 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004553
4554 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4555 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4556 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004557 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4558 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4559 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4560 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004561
4562 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4563 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4564 assign the backend.
4565
4566 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4567 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4568 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4569 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4570 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4571 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4572
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004573 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
4574 this case, etiher the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
4575 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4576 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4577 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4578
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004579 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004580
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004581
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020045825. Server options
4583-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004584
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004585The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4586as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4587not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4588(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4589the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4590specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004591
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004592 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004593
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004594The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004595
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004596addr <ipv4>
4597 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4598 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4599 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4600 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4601 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004602
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004603backup
4604 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4605 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4606 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4607 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4608 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4609 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004610
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004611check
4612 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4613 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4614 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4615 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4616 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4617 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4618 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4619 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4620 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4621 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4622 more information.
4623
4624cookie <value>
4625 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4626 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4627 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4628 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4629 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4630 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4631 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4632
4633fall <count>
4634 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4635 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4636 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4637
4638id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02004639 Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for
4640 the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first
4641 assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004642
4643inter <delay>
4644fastinter <delay>
4645downinter <delay>
4646 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4647 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4648 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4649 between checks depending on the server state :
4650
4651 Server state | Interval used
4652 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4653 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4654 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4655 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4656 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4657 or yet unchecked. |
4658 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4659 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4660 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4661
4662 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4663 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4664 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4665 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4666 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4667 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4668 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4669 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4670 servers.
4671
4672maxconn <maxconn>
4673 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4674 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4675 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4676 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4677 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4678 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4679 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4680 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4681
4682maxqueue <maxqueue>
4683 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4684 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4685 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4686 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4687 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4688 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4689 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4690
4691minconn <minconn>
4692 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4693 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4694 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4695 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4696 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4697 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4698 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4699 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4700
4701port <port>
4702 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4703 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4704 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4705 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4706 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4707 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4708
4709redir <prefix>
4710 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4711 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4712 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4713 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4714 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4715 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4716 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4717 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4718 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4719 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4720 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4721 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4722 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4723 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4724
4725 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4726
4727rise <count>
4728 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4729 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4730 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4731
4732slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4733 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4734 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4735 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4736 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4737 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4738 parameters :
4739
4740 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4741 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4742
4743 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4744 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4745 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4746 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4747
4748 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4749 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4750 seen as failed.
4751
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004752source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4753source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004754 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4755 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4756 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4757 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4758
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004759 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4760 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4761 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4762 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4763 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4764 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4765 server.
4766
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004767track [<proxy>/]<server>
4768 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4769 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4770 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4771 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4772 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4773
4774weight <weight>
4775 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4776 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4777 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004778 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4779 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4780 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4781 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4782 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4783 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004784
4785
47866. HTTP header manipulation
4787---------------------------
4788
4789In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4790response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4791request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4792which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4793against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4794to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4795passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4796headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4797never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4798
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02004799There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
4800(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
4801rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
4802messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
4803in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
4804happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would inconditionally
4805add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
4806normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
4807
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004808This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4809in section 4.2 :
4810
4811 - reqadd <string>
4812 - reqallow <search>
4813 - reqiallow <search>
4814 - reqdel <search>
4815 - reqidel <search>
4816 - reqdeny <search>
4817 - reqideny <search>
4818 - reqpass <search>
4819 - reqipass <search>
4820 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4821 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4822 - reqtarpit <search>
4823 - reqitarpit <search>
4824 - rspadd <string>
4825 - rspdel <search>
4826 - rspidel <search>
4827 - rspdeny <search>
4828 - rspideny <search>
4829 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4830 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4831
4832With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4833is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4834parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4835prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4836Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4837
4838 \t for a tab
4839 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4840 \n for a new line (LF)
4841 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4842 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4843 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4844 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4845 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4846
4847The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4848portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4849above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4850regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
48519 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4852is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4853
4854The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4855after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4856
4857Notes related to these keywords :
4858---------------------------------
4859 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4860 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4861 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4862
4863 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4864 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4865 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4866
4867 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4868 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4869 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4870 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4871 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4872
4873 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4874 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4875 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4876 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4877 useless headers before adding new ones.
4878
4879 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4880 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4881
4882 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4883 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4884 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4885
4886 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4887 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4888 before switching.
4889
4890
48917. Using ACLs
4892-------------
4893
4894The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4895content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4896from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4897simple :
4898
4899 - define test criteria with sets of values
4900 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4901
4902The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4903
4904In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4905
4906 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4907
4908This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4909Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4910and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4911an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4912of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4913
4914ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4915'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4916which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4917
4918There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4919performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4920
4921The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4922
4923 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004924 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4925
4926Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004927
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004928 - integers or integer ranges
4929 - strings
4930 - regular expressions
4931 - IP addresses and networks
4932
4933
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049347.1. Matching integers
4935----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004936
4937Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4938that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4939expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4940may be omitted.
4941
4942For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4943unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4944representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4945
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004946As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4947two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4948instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4949ranges and operators.
4950
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004951For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004952operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4953Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4954of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004955
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004956Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004957
4958 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4959 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4960 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4961 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4962 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
4963
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004964For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004965
4966 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
4967
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004968This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
4969
4970 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
4971
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004972
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049737.2. Matching strings
4974---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004975
4976String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
4977exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
4978characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
4979string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
4980to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004981before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004982
4983
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049847.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
4985-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004986
4987Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
4988they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
4989possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
4990passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
4991the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004992the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
4993match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004994
4995
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049967.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
4997----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004998
4999IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
5000netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
5001within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005002host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005003difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
5004at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
5005does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
5006parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005007
5008
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050097.5. Available matching criteria
5010--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005011
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050127.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
5013------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005014
5015A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
5016analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
5017addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
5018
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005019always_false
5020 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5021 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5022
5023always_true
5024 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5025 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5026
5027src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005028 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005029 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
5030 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
5031
5032src_port <integer>
5033 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
5034
5035dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005036 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005037 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
5038
5039dst_port <integer>
5040 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
5041 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
5042
5043dst_conn <integer>
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005044 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005045 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005046 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005047 when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign
5048 different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the
5049 "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria.
5050
5051fe_conn <integer>
5052fe_conn(frontend) <integer>
5053 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
5054 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is
5055 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5056 frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking,
5057 or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is
5058 considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate"
5059 criteria.
5060
5061be_conn <integer>
5062be_conn(frontend) <integer>
5063 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend,
5064 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is
5065 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5066 backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full.
5067 See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005068
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005069nbsrv <integer>
5070nbsrv(backend) <integer>
5071 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
5072 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
5073 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
5074 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
5075 "monitor fail".
5076
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005077connslots <integer>
5078connslots(backend) <integer>
5079 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005080 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005081 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
5082
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005083 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
5084 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005085
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005086 Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005087 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
5088 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
5089 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
5090 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
5091 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005092 available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue".
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005093
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005094 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5095 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5096 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5097 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005098
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005099queue <integer>
5100queue(frontend) <integer>
5101 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend,
5102 including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is
5103 specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another
5104 one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level,
5105 generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers.
5106 One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones.
5107 See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5108
5109avg_queue <integer>
5110avg_queue(frontend) <integer>
5111 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend
5112 divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue"
5113 except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more
5114 accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be
5115 processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it
5116 becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event
5117 there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the
5118 number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate,
5119 as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send
5120 new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue",
5121 "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5122
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005123fe_sess_rate <integer>
5124fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5125 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5126 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5127 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5128 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5129 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5130 the rate to go down below the limit.
5131
5132 Example :
5133 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5134 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5135 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5136 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5137 frontend mail
5138 bind :25
5139 mode tcp
5140 maxconn 100
5141 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5142 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5143 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5144 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5145
5146be_sess_rate <integer>
5147be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5148 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5149 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5150 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
5151 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
5152 sucking of an online dictionary).
5153
5154 Example :
5155 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5156 backend dynamic
5157 mode http
5158 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5159 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5160
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005161
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051627.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5163-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005164
5165A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5166during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5167through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5168for more detailed information on the subject.
5169
5170req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005171 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005172 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5173 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5174 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5175 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5176 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5177 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5178
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005179req_proto_http
5180 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5181 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
5182 is used so there should be no surprizes. This test can be used for instance
5183 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5184 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5185
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005186req_rdp_cookie <string>
5187req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5188 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5189 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5190 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5191 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5192 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5193 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5194 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5195 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5196
5197req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5198req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5199 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5200 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5201 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5202 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5203 cookies.
5204
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005205req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5206 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5207 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5208 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5209 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5210 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5211 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5212 with TCP request content inspection.
5213
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005214wait_end
5215 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5216 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5217 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5218 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5219 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5220 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5221 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5222 inspection.
5223
5224 Examples :
5225 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5226 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5227 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5228
5229 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5230 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5231 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5232 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5233 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5234 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5235 tcp-request content reject
5236
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005237
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052387.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5239--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005240
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005241A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005242application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5243read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5244than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5245
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005246method <string>
5247 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5248 already check for most common methods.
5249
5250req_ver <string>
5251 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5252 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5253
5254path <string>
5255 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5256 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5257 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5258
5259path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005260 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5261 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005262
5263path_end <string>
5264 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5265 control file name extension.
5266
5267path_sub <string>
5268 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5269 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5270 "path_dir".
5271
5272path_dir <string>
5273 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5274 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5275 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5276 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5277
5278path_dom <string>
5279 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5280 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5281 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5282
5283path_reg <regex>
5284 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5285 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5286 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5287
5288url <string>
5289 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5290 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5291
5292url_beg <string>
5293 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5294 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5295
5296url_end <string>
5297 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5298 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5299
5300url_sub <string>
5301 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5302 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5303
5304url_dir <string>
5305 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5306 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5307 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5308 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5309
5310url_dom <string>
5311 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5312 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5313 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5314
5315url_reg <regex>
5316 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5317 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5318 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5319
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005320url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005321 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5322 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005323 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005324
5325url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005326 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5327 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005328 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005329 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005330
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005331hdr <string>
5332hdr(header) <string>
5333 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5334 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005335 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5336 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005337
5338 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005339 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005340 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5341
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005342 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005343
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005344hdr_beg <string>
5345hdr_beg(header) <string>
5346 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5347 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005348
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005349hdr_end <string>
5350hdr_end(header) <string>
5351 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5352 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005353
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005354hdr_sub <string>
5355hdr_sub(header) <string>
5356 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5357 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005358
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005359hdr_dir <string>
5360hdr_dir(header) <string>
5361 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5362 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5363 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5364 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005365
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005366hdr_dom <string>
5367hdr_dom(header) <string>
5368 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5369 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5370 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5371 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005372
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005373hdr_reg <regex>
5374hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5375 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5376 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5377 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5378 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005379
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005380hdr_val <integer>
5381hdr_val(header) <integer>
5382 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5383 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5384 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5385 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005386
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005387hdr_cnt <integer>
5388hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5389 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5390 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5391 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5392 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
5393 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
5394 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005395
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02005396hdr_ip <ip_address>
5397hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
5398 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
5399 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
5400 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
5401
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005402
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054037.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5404---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005405
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005406Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5407every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5408order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5409only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005410
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005411ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5412---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5413TRUE always_true always match
5414FALSE always_false never match
5415LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005416HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005417HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5418HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5419METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5420METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5421METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5422METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5423METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5424METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5425HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
5426HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
5427HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5428HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005429RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005430REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5431WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5432---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005433
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005434
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054357.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5436----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005437
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005438Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5439combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005440
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005441 - AND (implicit)
5442 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5443 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005444
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005445A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005446
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005447 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005448
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005449Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5450indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005451
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005452For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5453"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5454requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5455is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005456
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005457 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5458 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5459 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5460 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005461
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005462To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5463and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005464
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005465 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5466 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5467 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5468 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005469
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005470 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5471 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5472 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5473 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005474
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005475See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005476
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005477
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054788. Logging
5479----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005480
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005481One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5482provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5483very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5484provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5485state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5486to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5487headers.
5488
5489In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5490about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5491send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5492
5493 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5494 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5495 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5496 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5497 at the termination.
5498
5499The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5500allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5501as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5502while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5503real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5504delay.
5505
5506
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055078.1. Log levels
5508---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005509
5510TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5511source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5512HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5513in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5514particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005515syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005516facilities.
5517
5518
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055198.2. Log formats
5520----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005521
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005522HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005523and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5524the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5525formats are the following ones :
5526
5527 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5528 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5529 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5530 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5531 extents.
5532
5533 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5534 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5535 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5536 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5537 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5538
5539 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5540 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5541 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5542 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5543 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5544
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005545 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5546 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5547 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5548 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5549
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005550Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5551specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5552field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5553servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5554always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5555identifier.
5556
5557Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5558 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5559 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5560 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5561 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5562
5563
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055648.2.1. Default log format
5565-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005566
5567This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5568as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5569format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5570
5571 Example :
5572 listen www
5573 mode http
5574 log global
5575 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5576
5577 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5578 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5579 (www/HTTP)
5580
5581 Field Format Extract from the example above
5582 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5583 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5584 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5585 4 'to' to
5586 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5587 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5588
5589Detailed fields description :
5590 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5591 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5592 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5593 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5594 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5595 and processed the connection.
5596 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5597
5598It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5599will eventually disappear.
5600
5601
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056028.2.2. TCP log format
5603---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005604
5605The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5606is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5607information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5608counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5609emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5610environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5611the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5612sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005613specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5614not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5615fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5616marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005617
5618 Example :
5619 frontend fnt
5620 mode tcp
5621 option tcplog
5622 log global
5623 default_backend bck
5624
5625 backend bck
5626 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5627
5628 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5629 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5630 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5631
5632 Field Format Extract from the example above
5633 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5634 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5635 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5636 4 frontend_name fnt
5637 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5638 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5639 7 bytes_read* 212
5640 8 termination_state --
5641 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5642 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5643
5644Detailed fields description :
5645 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5646 connection to haproxy.
5647
5648 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5649
5650 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5651 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5652 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5653 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5654
5655 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5656 and processed the connection.
5657
5658 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5659 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5660 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5661 applications.
5662
5663 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5664 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5665 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5666 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5667 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5668
5669 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5670 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5671 See "Timers" below for more details.
5672
5673 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5674 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5675 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5676 "Timers" below for more details.
5677
5678 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5679 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5680 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5681 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5682 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5683 details.
5684
5685 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5686 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5687 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5688 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5689 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5690
5691 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5692 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5693 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5694 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5695 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5696 for more details.
5697
5698 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5699 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5700 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5701 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5702 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005703 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005704
5705 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5706 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5707 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5708 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5709 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5710 caused by a denial of service attack.
5711
5712 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5713 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5714 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5715 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5716 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5717 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5718 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5719 denial of service attack.
5720
5721 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5722 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5723 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5724 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5725 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5726 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5727 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5728 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5729 be processed than on other servers.
5730
5731 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5732 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5733 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5734 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5735 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5736 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5737 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5738 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5739 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5740 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5741 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5742 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5743 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5744
5745 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5746 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5747 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5748 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5749 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5750 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5751 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5752 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5753
5754 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5755 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5756 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5757 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5758 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5759 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5760 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5761 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5762 occurs.
5763
5764
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057658.2.3. HTTP log format
5766----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005767
5768The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5769is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5770the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5771are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5772emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5773generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5774"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5775which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005776frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5777is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005778
5779Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5780slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5781with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5782
5783 Example :
5784 frontend http-in
5785 mode http
5786 option httplog
5787 log global
5788 default_backend bck
5789
5790 backend static
5791 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5792
5793 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5794 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5795 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5796 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5797
5798 Field Format Extract from the example above
5799 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5800 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5801 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5802 4 frontend_name http-in
5803 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5804 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5805 7 status_code 200
5806 8 bytes_read* 2750
5807 9 captured_request_cookie -
5808 10 captured_response_cookie -
5809 11 termination_state ----
5810 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5811 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5812 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5813 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5814 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5815
5816
5817Detailed fields description :
5818 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5819 connection to haproxy.
5820
5821 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5822
5823 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5824 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5825 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5826 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5827 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5828
5829 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5830 and processed the connection.
5831
5832 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5833 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5834 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5835
5836 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5837 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5838 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5839 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5840 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5841 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5842
5843 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5844 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5845 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5846 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5847 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5848 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5849
5850 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5851 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5852 See "Timers" below for more details.
5853
5854 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5855 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5856 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5857 below for more details.
5858
5859 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5860 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5861 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5862 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5863 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5864 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5865 for more details.
5866
5867 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5868 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5869 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5870 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5871 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5872 details.
5873
5874 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5875 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5876 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5877
5878 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5879 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5880 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5881 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5882 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5883 overflowing.
5884
5885 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5886 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5887 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5888 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5889 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5890 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5891 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5892 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5893
5894 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5895 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5896 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5897 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5898 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5899 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5900 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5901 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5902
5903 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5904 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5905 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5906 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5907 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5908 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5909 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5910
5911 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5912 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5913 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5914 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5915 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005916 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005917 system.
5918
5919 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5920 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5921 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5922 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5923 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5924 caused by a denial of service attack.
5925
5926 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5927 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5928 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5929 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5930 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5931 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5932 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5933 denial of service attack.
5934
5935 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5936 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5937 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5938 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5939 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5940 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5941 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5942 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5943 processed than on other servers.
5944
5945 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5946 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5947 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5948 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5949 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5950 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5951 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5952 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5953 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5954 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5955 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5956 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5957 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5958
5959 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5960 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5961 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5962 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5963 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5964 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5965 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5966 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5967
5968 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5969 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5970 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5971 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5972 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5973 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5974 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5975 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5976 occurs.
5977
5978 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
5979 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
5980 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
5981 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
5982 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
5983 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
5984 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
5985 cookies" below for more details.
5986
5987 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
5988 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
5989 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
5990 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
5991 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
5992 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
5993 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
5994 and cookies" below for more details.
5995
5996 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
5997 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
5998 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
5999 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
6000 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
6001 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
6002 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
6003 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
6004
6005
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060068.3. Advanced logging options
6007-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006008
6009Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
6010just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
6011options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
6012for more information about their usage.
6013
6014
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060158.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
6016------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006017
6018It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
6019haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
6020commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
6021monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
6022ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
6023
6024 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
6025 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
6026 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
6027 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
6028
6029 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
6030 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
6031 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
6032 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
6033 such as other load-balancers.
6034
6035 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
6036 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
6037 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
6038
6039
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060408.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
6041----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006042
6043The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
6044what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
6045or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
6046"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
6047just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
6048log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
6049after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
6050is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
6051with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
6052with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
6053
6054
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060558.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
6056------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006057
6058Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
6059for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
6060"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
6061retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
6062raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
6063a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
6064file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
6065you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
6066"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
6067
6068
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060698.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
6070--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006071
6072Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
6073multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
6074them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
6075"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
6076logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
6077error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
6078and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
6079too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
6080useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
6081alternative.
6082
6083
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060848.4. Timing events
6085------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006086
6087Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
6088reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
6089the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
6090frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
6091mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
6092
6093 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
6094 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
6095 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
6096 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
6097 the client closes prematurely or times out.
6098
6099 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
6100 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
6101 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
6102 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
6103 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
6104
6105 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
6106 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
6107 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
6108 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
6109 connection never established.
6110
6111 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
6112 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
6113 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
6114 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
6115 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
6116 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
6117 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6118 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6119 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6120 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6121 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6122
6123 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6124 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6125 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6126 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6127 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6128
6129 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6130
6131 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6132 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6133 negative.
6134
6135These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6136protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6137that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
6138due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
6139close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6140session has been aborted on timeout.
6141
6142Most common cases :
6143
6144 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6145 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6146 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6147 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6148 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6149 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6150 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6151 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6152 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6153 connections have been accepted at once.
6154
6155 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6156 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6157 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6158 of ms on remote networks.
6159
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006160 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6161 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6162 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006163
6164 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6165 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6166 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6167 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6168 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6169 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6170 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6171 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6172 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6173 to the server until another one is released.
6174
6175Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6176
6177 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6178 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6179 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6180
6181 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6182 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6183 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6184
6185 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6186 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6187 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6188 flags.
6189
6190 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6191 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6192 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6193 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6194 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6195 the client connection was maintained open.
6196
6197 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6198 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6199 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6200 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6201
6202
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062038.5. Session state at disconnection
6204-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006205
6206TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6207"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
62082-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6209each of which has a special meaning :
6210
6211 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6212 session to terminate :
6213
6214 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6215
6216 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6217 server explicitly refused it.
6218
6219 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6220 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6221 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6222 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6223 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6224 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6225
6226 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6227 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6228 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6229 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6230 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6231
6232 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6233 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6234 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6235 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6236 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6237
6238 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6239 send or receive data.
6240
6241 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6242 send or receive data.
6243
6244 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6245 with nothing left in the buffers.
6246
6247 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6248
6249 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6250 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6251
6252 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6253 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6254 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6255 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6256 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6257
6258 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6259 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6260
6261 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6262 server (HTTP only).
6263
6264 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6265
6266 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6267 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6268 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6269
6270 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6271 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6272 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6273
6274 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6275
6276 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6277 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6278
6279 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6280 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6281 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6282
6283 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6284 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6285 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6286
6287 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6288 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6289 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6290 another server.
6291
6292 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6293 server.
6294
6295 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6296
6297 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6298 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6299
6300 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6301
6302 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6303 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6304 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6305
6306 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6307
6308 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6309 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6310
6311 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6312
6313 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6314
6315The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6316happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6317helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6318starvation, attacks, etc...
6319
6320The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6321alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6322easier finding and understanding.
6323
6324 Flags Reason
6325
6326 -- Normal termination.
6327
6328 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6329 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6330 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6331 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6332
6333 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6334 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6335 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6336 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6337 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6338 by the client.
6339
6340 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6341 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6342 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6343
6344 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6345 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6346 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6347
6348 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6349 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6350 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6351 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6352 the server takes too long to respond.
6353
6354 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6355 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6356 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6357 long a time to respond.
6358
6359 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6360 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6361 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6362 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6363 and the client.
6364
6365 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6366 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6367 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6368 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6369 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6370 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6371
6372 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6373 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006374 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6375 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6376 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6377 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006378
6379 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
6380 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6381 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6382 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6383 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6384 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6385
6386 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6387 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6388 503 or 504 here.
6389
6390 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6391 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6392 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6393 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6394 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6395
6396 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6397 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
6398 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
6399 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6400 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6401
6402 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6403 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6404 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6405 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6406 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6407 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6408 between haproxy and the server.
6409
6410 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6411 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6412 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6413 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6414 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6415 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6416 solution is to fix the application.
6417
6418 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6419 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6420 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6421 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6422 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6423 external attacks.
6424
6425 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6426 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6427 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6428 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6429 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6430
6431 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6432 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6433 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6434 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6435 containing unauthorized characters.
6436
6437 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6438 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6439 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6440 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6441
6442 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6443 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6444 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6445 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6446
6447 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6448 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6449 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6450 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6451
6452
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064538.6. Non-printable characters
6454-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006455
6456In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6457consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6458converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6459prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6460being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6461escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6462is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6463'}' when logging headers.
6464
6465Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6466issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6467containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6468
6469Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6470the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6471performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6472
6473
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064748.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6475---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006476
6477Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6478achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006479section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006480cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6481the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6482the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006483locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006484not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6485user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6486a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6487wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6488
6489 Examples :
6490 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6491 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6492
6493 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6494 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6495
6496
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064978.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6498---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006499
6500Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6501proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6502the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6503server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6504
6505Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6506response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006507section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006508
6509It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6510time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6511appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6512are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6513and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6514follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6515request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6516in the logs.
6517
6518 Example :
6519 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6520 listen proxy-out
6521 mode http
6522 option httplog
6523 option logasap
6524 log global
6525 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6526
6527 # log the name of the virtual server
6528 capture request header Host len 20
6529
6530 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6531 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6532
6533 # log the beginning of the referrer
6534 capture request header Referer len 20
6535
6536 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6537 capture response header Server len 20
6538
6539 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6540 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6541
6542 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6543 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6544
6545 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6546 capture response header Via len 20
6547
6548 # log the URL location during a redirection
6549 capture response header Location len 20
6550
6551 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6552 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6553 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6554 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6555 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6556
6557 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6558 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6559 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6560 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6561 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6562
6563 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6564 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6565 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6566 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6567 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6568 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6569
6570
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020065718.9. Examples of logs
6572---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006573
6574These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6575them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6576reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6577
6578 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6579 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6580 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6581
6582 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6583 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6584
6585 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6586 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6587 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6588
6589 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6590 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6591
6592 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6593 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6594 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6595
6596 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6597 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6598 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6599 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6600
6601 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6602 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6603 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6604
6605 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6606 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6607 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6608 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6609 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6610 to return the 502 and not the server.
6611
6612 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6613 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6614
6615 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6616 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6617 Nothing was sent to any server.
6618
6619 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6620 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6621
6622 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6623 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6624 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6625 send a 408 return code to the client.
6626
6627 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6628 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6629
6630 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6631 5 seconds ("c----").
6632
6633 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6634 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6635 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6636
6637 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006638 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006639 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6640 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6641 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6642 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6643 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006644
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006645
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066469. Statistics and monitoring
6647----------------------------
6648
6649It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6650mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6651CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6652Unix socket.
6653
6654
66559.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006656---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006657
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006658The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6659page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6660
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006661 0. pxname: proxy name
6662 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6663 for server)
6664 2. qcur: current queued requests
6665 3. qmax: max queued requests
6666 4. scur: current sessions
6667 5. smax: max sessions
6668 6. slim: sessions limit
6669 7. stot: total sessions
6670 8. bin: bytes in
6671 9. bout: bytes out
6672 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006673 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006674 12. ereq: request errors
6675 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006676 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006677 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6678 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6679 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6680 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6681 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6682 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6683 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6684 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6685 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6686 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6687 25. qlimit: queue limit
6688 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6689 27. iid: unique proxy id
6690 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6691 29. throttle: warm up status
6692 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6693 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02006694 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02006695 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
6696 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
6697 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02006698 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
6699 UNK -> unknown
6700 INI -> initializing
6701 SOCKERR -> socket error
6702 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
6703 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
6704 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
6705 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
6706 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
6707 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
6708 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
6709 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
6710 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
6711 disable-on-404
6712 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
6713 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
6714 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
6715 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
6716 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006717
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006718
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067199.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006720-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006721
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006722The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006723must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
6724is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
6725a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
6726risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
6727followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
6728given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
6729then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
6730to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006731
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006732It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
6733on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
6734own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006735
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006736help
6737 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
6738 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006739
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006740prompt
6741 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
6742 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
6743 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
6744 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
6745 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
6746 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
6747 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
6748 command.
6749
6750quit
6751 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006752
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006753show errors [<iid>]
6754 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6755 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
6756 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>.
6757
6758 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6759 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6760 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6761 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6762 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6763 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6764 are reported too.
6765
6766 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6767 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6768 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6769 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6770 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6771 code.
6772
6773 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6774 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6775 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6776 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6777 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6778 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6779 line.
6780
6781 Example :
6782 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6783 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6784 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6785 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6786
6787 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6788 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6789 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6790 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6791 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6792 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6793 00204+ minal\r\n
6794 00211 \r\n
6795
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006796 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006797 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6798 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6799 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6800 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6801 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6802 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006803
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006804show info
6805 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6806
6807show sess
6808 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
6809 be huge.
6810
6811show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6812 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6813 possible to dump only selected items :
6814 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6815 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6816 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6817 for example:
6818 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6819 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6820 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6821
6822 Example :
6823 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
6824 Name: HAProxy
6825 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
6826 Release_date: 2009/09/23
6827 Nbproc: 1
6828 Process_num: 1
6829 (...)
6830
6831 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
6832 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
6833 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
6834 (...)
6835 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
6836
6837 $
6838
6839 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
6840 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
6841 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
6842 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
6843 the reader knows the output has not been trucated.
6844
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02006845clear counters
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02006846 Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend &
6847 backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This
6848 can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to
6849 restart nor to clear traffic counters.
6850
6851clear counters all
6852 Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each
6853 server. This has the same effect as restarting.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02006854
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006855/*
6856 * Local variables:
6857 * fill-column: 79
6858 * End:
6859 */